Private Swimming Lessons Derbyshire

Swimming Lessons Derbyshire

Swimming Past 50

Learn to Swim Home Page

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling.

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

 

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

 

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

 

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

 

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

 

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

 

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

 

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

 

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

individual swimming lessons – kids swim lessons – local swimming lessons

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

 

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming drills – learn swim – swimming classes for infants

Swimming Lesson Derbyshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

one-to-one swimming – online swimming lessons – learning swim

Learn to Swim Derbyshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Diving Lessons Learn to Swim Swimming Lessons Teach Baby to Swim

Private Swimming Lessons Aberdeen

Private Swimming Lessons Aberdeenshire

Private Swimming Lessons Angus

Private Swimming Lessons Argyll

Private Swimming Lessons Argyll-And-Bute

Private Swimming Lessons Armagh

Private Swimming Lessons Ashby

Private Swimming Lessons Avon

Private Swimming Lessons Ayrshire

Private Swimming Lessons Barnet

Private Swimming Lessons Basingstoke

Private Swimming Lessons Bath

Private Swimming Lessons Bedford

Private Swimming Lessons Bedfordshire

Private Swimming Lessons Belfast

Private Swimming Lessons Berkshire

Private Swimming Lessons Birmingham

Private Swimming Lessons Blackpool

Private Swimming Lessons Blaenau-Gwent

Private Swimming Lessons Bolton

Private Swimming Lessons Bournemouth

Private Swimming Lessons Bracknell

Private Swimming Lessons Bradford

Private Swimming Lessons Bridgend

Private Swimming Lessons Brighton

Private Swimming Lessons Brighton-And-Hove

Private Swimming Lessons Bristol

Private Swimming Lessons Buckinghamshire

Private Swimming Lessons Burton

Private Swimming Lessons Caerphilly

Private Swimming Lessons Cambridge

Private Swimming Lessons Cambridgeshire

Private Swimming Lessons Cardiff

Private Swimming Lessons Carmarthenshire

Private Swimming Lessons Ceredigion

Private Swimming Lessons Cheltenham

Private Swimming Lessons Cheshire

Private Swimming Lessons Chester

Private Swimming Lessons Clackmannanshire

Private Swimming Lessons Cleveland

Private Swimming Lessons Coalville

Private Swimming Lessons Colchester

Private Swimming Lessons Conwy

Private Swimming Lessons Cork

Private Swimming Lessons Cornwall

Private Swimming Lessons Coventry

Private Swimming Lessons Croydon

Private Swimming Lessons Cumberland

Private Swimming Lessons Cumbria

Private Swimming Lessons Darlington

Private Swimming Lessons Denbighshire

Private Swimming Lessons Derby

Private Swimming Lessons Devon

Private Swimming Lessons Doncaster

Private Swimming Lessons Dorset

Private Swimming Lessons Down

Private Swimming Lessons Dumfries-And-Galloway

Private Swimming Lessons Dumfriesshire

Private Swimming Lessons Dunbartonshire

Private Swimming Lessons Dundee

Private Swimming Lessons Durham

Private Swimming Lessons Dyfed

Private Swimming Lessons East-Ayrshire

Private Swimming Lessons East-Dunbartonshire

Private Swimming Lessons East-London

Private Swimming Lessons East-Lothian

Private Swimming Lessons East-Midlands

Private Swimming Lessons East-Renfrewshire

Private Swimming Lessons East-Sussex

Private Swimming Lessons East-Yorkshire

Private Swimming Lessons Edinburgh

Private Swimming Lessons Enfield

Private Swimming Lessons Essex

Private Swimming Lessons Exeter

Private Swimming Lessons Falkirk

Private Swimming Lessons Fife

Private Swimming Lessons Flintshire

Private Swimming Lessons Glamorgan

Private Swimming Lessons Glasgow

Private Swimming Lessons Gloucestershire

Private Swimming Lessons Greater-London

Private Swimming Lessons Greater-Manchester

Private Swimming Lessons Gwent

Private Swimming Lessons Gwynedd

Private Swimming Lessons Hampshire

Private Swimming Lessons Harrow

Private Swimming Lessons Hartlepool

Private Swimming Lessons Hereford-And-Worcester

Private Swimming Lessons Herefordshire

Private Swimming Lessons Hertfordshire

Private Swimming Lessons Highland

Private Swimming Lessons High-Wycombe

Private Swimming Lessons Hull

Private Swimming Lessons Huntingdonshire

Private Swimming Lessons Ilford

Private Swimming Lessons Inverclyde

Private Swimming Lessons Ipswich

Private Swimming Lessons Ireland

Private Swimming Lessons Isle-Of-Anglesey

Private Swimming Lessons Isle-Of-Man

Private Swimming Lessons Isle-Of-Skye

Private Swimming Lessons Isle-Of-Wight

Private Swimming Lessons Isles-Of-Scilly

Private Swimming Lessons Kent

Private Swimming Lessons Kingston-Upon-Hull

Private Swimming Lessons Kingston-Upon-Thames

Private Swimming Lessons Lanarkshire

Private Swimming Lessons Lancashire

Private Swimming Lessons Leeds

Private Swimming Lessons Leicester

Private Swimming Lessons Leicestershire

Private Swimming Lessons Limerick

Private Swimming Lessons Lincoln

Private Swimming Lessons Lincolnshire

Private Swimming Lessons Liverpool

Private Swimming Lessons London

Private Swimming Lessons Londonderry

Private Swimming Lessons Lothian

Private Swimming Lessons Luton

Private Swimming Lessons Manchester

Private Swimming Lessons Medway

Private Swimming Lessons Merseyside

Private Swimming Lessons Merthyr-Tydfil

Private Swimming Lessons Middlesbrough

Private Swimming Lessons Middlesex

Private Swimming Lessons Midlothian

Private Swimming Lessons Milton-Keynes

Private Swimming Lessons Monmouthshire

Private Swimming Lessons Moray

Private Swimming Lessons Neath-Port-Talbot

Private Swimming Lessons Newport

Private Swimming Lessons Norfolk

Private Swimming Lessons Northamptonshire

Private Swimming Lessons North-Ayrshire

Private Swimming Lessons North-East-Lincolnshire

Private Swimming Lessons Northern-Ireland

Private Swimming Lessons North-Lanarkshire

Private Swimming Lessons North-Lincolnshire

Private Swimming Lessons North-London

Private Swimming Lessons North-Somerset

Private Swimming Lessons Northumberland

Private Swimming Lessons North-Yorkshire

Private Swimming Lessons Norwich

Private Swimming Lessons Nottingham

Private Swimming Lessons Nottinghamshire

Private Swimming Lessons Orkney-Islands

Private Swimming Lessons Oxford

Private Swimming Lessons Oxfordshire

Private Swimming Lessons Pembrokeshire

Private Swimming Lessons Perth-And-Kinross

Private Swimming Lessons Perthshire

Private Swimming Lessons Peterborough

Private Swimming Lessons Plymouth

Private Swimming Lessons Poole

Private Swimming Lessons Portsmouth

Private Swimming Lessons Powys

Private Swimming Lessons Preston

Private Swimming Lessons Reading

Private Swimming Lessons Redcar-And-Cleveland

Private Swimming Lessons Renfrewshire

Private Swimming Lessons Rhondda-Cynon-Taff

Private Swimming Lessons Rutland

Private Swimming Lessons Scarborough

Private Swimming Lessons Scotland

Private Swimming Lessons Scottish-Borders

Private Swimming Lessons Scottish-Highlands

Private Swimming Lessons Sheffield

Private Swimming Lessons Shetland-Islands

Private Swimming Lessons Shropshire

Private Swimming Lessons Somerset

Private Swimming Lessons Southampton

Private Swimming Lessons South-Ayrshire

Private Swimming Lessons Southern-Ireland

Private Swimming Lessons South-Gloucestershire

Private Swimming Lessons South-Lanarkshire

Private Swimming Lessons South-London

Private Swimming Lessons South-Yorkshire

Private Swimming Lessons Staffordshire

Private Swimming Lessons St-Albans

Private Swimming Lessons Stirling

Private Swimming Lessons Stockton-On-Tees

Private Swimming Lessons Stoke-On-Trent

Private Swimming Lessons Strathclyde

Private Swimming Lessons Suffolk

Private Swimming Lessons Sunderland

Private Swimming Lessons Surrey

Private Swimming Lessons Sussex

Private Swimming Lessons Sutton

Private Swimming Lessons Swadlincote

Private Swimming Lessons Swansea

Private Swimming Lessons Swindon

Private Swimming Lessons Torfaen

Private Swimming Lessons Tyne-And-Wear

Private Swimming Lessons Tyrone

Private Swimming Lessons Vale-Of-Glamorgan

Private Swimming Lessons Wakefield

Private Swimming Lessons Wales

Private Swimming Lessons Warrington

Private Swimming Lessons Warwickshire

Private Swimming Lessons West-Dunbartonshire

Private Swimming Lessons Western-Isles

Private Swimming Lessons West-London

Private Swimming Lessons West-Lothian

Private Swimming Lessons West-Midlands

Private Swimming Lessons Westmorland

Private Swimming Lessons West-Sussex

Private Swimming Lessons West-Yorkshire

Private Swimming Lessons Wiltshire

Private Swimming Lessons Wolverhampton

Private Swimming Lessons Worcestershire

Private Swimming Lessons Wrexham

Private Swimming Lessons York

Private Swimming Lessons Yorkshire

Private Swimming Lessons Yorkshire-East-Riding

Private Swimming Lessons Yorkshire-North-Riding

Private Swimming Lessons Yorkshire-West-Riding

 

Private Swimming Lessons London

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Yorkshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

what is swimming – swimming games – adult swimming lesson

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming for kids – swimming technique – how to swim

Swimming Lesson Yorkshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swim coach – swimming instructor – swimming classes for infants

Learn to Swim Yorkshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Worcestershire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

learn to swim classes – baby swim lesson – swimming class for adults

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swim lesson instructor – swimming lessons at – private adult swim lessons

Swimming Lesson Worcestershire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

adults learn to swim – swimming pool lessons – swimming classes for infants

Learn to Swim Worcestershire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Wrexham

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming lessons for adults – swim classes for babies – swimming instructor jobs

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

babies swimming – swimming schools – private swimming instructor

Swimming Lesson Wrexham

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming lessons for adults – infant swimming – infant swim lessons

Learn to Swim Wrexham

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Private Swimming Lessons York

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming courses – swimming class for adults – adultswim.com

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming classes for infants – adult learn to swim classes – swimming lessons adults

Swimming Lesson York

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

free swimming classes – swimming instructors course – one to one swimming lessons

Learn to Swim York

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Yorkshire-East-Riding

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming teachers – kids swimming classes – teach yourself to swim

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

private swim instructor – swimming classes for toddlers – swimming lessons near me

Swimming Lesson Yorkshire-East-Riding

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

baby swim classes – swim lesson plan – infant swim classes

Learn to Swim Yorkshire-East-Riding

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Yorkshire-North-Riding

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming lessons toddlers – private swimming lessons for adults – swimming instructors

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swiming lessons – mother and baby swimming classes – swimming lessons for children

Swimming Lesson Yorkshire-North-Riding

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming children – one on one swimming lessons – swimming lessons baby

Learn to Swim Yorkshire-North-Riding

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Yorkshire-West-Riding

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

adult learn to swim – swimming bath – swimming training

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming clubs – swimming classes – free swimming lessons

Swimming Lesson Yorkshire-West-Riding

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

kids swim lessons – swimming lessons adults – swimming instructions

Learn to Swim Yorkshire-West-Riding

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons West-Sussex

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swim lessons for adults – learn to swim online – swimming instruction

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming children – swimming lesson for kids – swim classes for babies

Swimming Lesson West-Sussex

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

adult swimming classes – adultswim – adult swiming lessons

Learn to Swim West-Sussex

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons West-Yorkshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

private swim instructor – swimming tips – toddler swimming lesson

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming lessons at – swim lesson activities – intensive swimming course

Swimming Lesson West-Yorkshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

adults learn to swim – learning swimming – swim lessons infant

Learn to Swim West-Yorkshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Western-Isles

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming lesson – swimming lessons for infants – superkids swimming school

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming learning – swimming lessons for teenagers – summer swimming camps

Swimming Lesson Western-Isles

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

adult swimming – swimming lessons for kids – learn to swim classes

Learn to Swim Western-Isles

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Westmorland

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swim coach – swimming sets – infant swimming resource

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming classes for babies – swimming lesson plan – swimming classes for toddlers

Swimming Lesson Westmorland

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

cheap swimming lessons – swimming lessons video – indoor swimming lessons

Learn to Swim Westmorland

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Wiltshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

dolphin swimming school – kids swim lessons – swiming lessons

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming lessons near me – swimming lesson – swimming in schools

Swimming Lesson Wiltshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming instructor courses – swim instructors – baby swimming lesson

Learn to Swim Wiltshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Wolverhampton

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

learning how to swim – swim lesson instructor – swimming lesson for kids

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

toddler swimming classes – free swimming classes – private adult swim lessons

Swimming Lesson Wolverhampton

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

private swimming lessons – swim lesson plans – teach my child to swim

Learn to Swim Wolverhampton

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Warrington

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

private swimming classes – infant swimming – toddler swimming lesson

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming for children – swimming coaching courses – swimming bath

Swimming Lesson Warrington

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming pool lessons – adults swimming lessons – advanced swimming lessons

Learn to Swim Warrington

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Warwickshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

infant swim lessons – baby swimming lesson – babies swimming

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

schools swimming – learning swim – swimming sessions

Swimming Lesson Warwickshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swim club – swim lessons infant – swim coach

Learn to Swim Warwickshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons West-Dunbartonshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming lessons toddler – swimming instruction – infant swim classes

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

teach yourself to swim – swimming cat – infant swimming resource

Swimming Lesson West-Dunbartonshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

red cross swimming – lifeguarding lessons – swim beginner

Learn to Swim West-Dunbartonshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons West-London

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming techniques – swimming lessons near me – private swimming instructors

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming programs – adults learn to swim – swimming lessons for teenagers

Swimming Lesson West-London

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimmimg lessons – swim instructor jobs – swim classes for babies

Learn to Swim West-London

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons West-Lothian

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swiming lesson – indoor swimming pool – swimming

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

breast stroke – indoor swimming lessons – 1 to 1 swimming lessons

Swimming Lesson West-Lothian

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

private swim lessons for adults – learn to swim tool – swim lesson games

Learn to Swim West-Lothian

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons West-Midlands

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

lifeguarding lessons – baby swim classes – private swimming lessons for children

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming children – preschool swimming lessons – swiming lesson

Swimming Lesson West-Midlands

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming teacher jobs – swimming lesson – what is swimming

Learn to Swim West-Midlands

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Torfaen

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming class for kids – swimming club – adult swim games

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming lessons online – adult swim games – one to one swimming lessons

Swimming Lesson Torfaen

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

how to swim faster – swim instructor jobs – how to swim lessons

Learn to Swim Torfaen

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Tyne-And-Wear

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

residential swimming lessons – private swim instructor – private swimming lessons for kids

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming lessons video – learn to swim lessons – toddler swimming lessons

Swimming Lesson Tyne-And-Wear

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming instructions – indoor swimming pool – how to swim lessons

Learn to Swim Tyne-And-Wear

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Tyrone

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming training – swimming lessons for infants – swimming lessons for babies

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

teach swimming lessons – swimming pool – swimming techniques

Swimming Lesson Tyrone

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming lessons video – swim classes – online swimming lessons

Learn to Swim Tyrone

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Vale-Of-Glamorgan

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

adult swim.com – infant swim lessons – adult swim

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

private adult swim lessons – individual swimming lessons – preschool swimming lessons

Swimming Lesson Vale-Of-Glamorgan

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

private swimming lessons for children – what is swimming – baby swimming classes

Learn to Swim Vale-Of-Glamorgan

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Wakefield

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming classes for adults – private swimming lessons for kids – breast stroke

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

private swimming lesson – asa swimming courses – swimming class for kids

Swimming Lesson Wakefield

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

ladies swimming lessons – swimming instructors – toddler swim classes

Learn to Swim Wakefield

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Wales

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

how to swim faster – swimming courses for adults – swimming classes for children

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming lessons for beginners – i want to learn swimming – infant swimming lessons

Swimming Lesson Wales

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming bath – swimming drills – swimming instruction

Learn to Swim Wales

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Surrey

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

dolphin swimming school – kids swimming classes – swimming private lessons

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

infant swimming lesson – swim lessons for toddlers – swimming lessons for kids

Swimming Lesson Surrey

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swim training – american red cross swimming – swimming learning

Learn to Swim Surrey

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Private Swimming Lessons Sussex

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

how to teach swimming – residential swimming – swimming lessons near me

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

toddler swim classes – swiming lessons – swim lesson plan

Swimming Lesson Sussex

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

dolphin swimming school – baby swim lesson – swim coaching

Learn to Swim Sussex

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Sutton

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming lessons for infants – swimming teachers – swimming teachers

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming teachers – swimming classes – childrens swimming lessons

Swimming Lesson Sutton

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming essay – lessons swimming – swimming for toddlers

Learn to Swim Sutton

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Swadlincote

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming instructions – swim training – adults learn to swim

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

learn to swim lessons – babies swimming – swimming lessons for adults

Swimming Lesson Swadlincote

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming lessons toddlers – swimming strokes – how to swimming

Learn to Swim Swadlincote

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Swansea

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

schools swimming – indoor swimming lessons – adult swimming lesson

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

advanced swimming lessons – kids swimming lessons – swimming instructors

Swimming Lesson Swansea

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

water babies swim lessons – swim instructor – child swimming lessons

Learn to Swim Swansea

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Private Swimming Lessons Swindon

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

aquazone swimming lessons – learn to swim program – private swimming lessons for adults

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming workouts – swimming training – swimming classes

Swimming Lesson Swindon

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swim instructors – kids swim lessons – swimming classes for children

Learn to Swim Swindon

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Stirling

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming training program – how to swim lessons – toddler swimming lessons

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

adults learn to swim – kids swim lessons – swimming technique

Swimming Lesson Stirling

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swim lesson – toddler swim lessons – swim lessons for adults

Learn to Swim Stirling

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Stockton-On-Tees

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming bath – one to one swimming – children swimming lessons

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming for toddlers – free swimming classes – swimming class for adults

Swimming Lesson Stockton-On-Tees

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swim lessons for adults – swim training – swimming class for toddlers

Learn to Swim Stockton-On-Tees

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Stoke-On-Trent

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming lessons online – swimming lesson for adults – swimming classes for infants

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming learning – adult swimming classes – safety swim

Swimming Lesson Stoke-On-Trent

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

learn swimming online – infant swim classes – swimming classes for children

Learn to Swim Stoke-On-Trent

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Strathclyde

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

toddler swim classes – lifeguarding lessons – how to swim faster

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming equipment – swimming lesson for adult – swim lessons for infants

Swimming Lesson Strathclyde

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

red cross swimming – swim lessons toddlers – swimming lessons near me

Learn to Swim Strathclyde

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Suffolk

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swim classes for adults – teach my child to swim – adult swim games

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

how to teach swimming lessons – private swimming instructors – infant swimming resource

Swimming Lesson Suffolk

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swim club – swim lessons adults – online swimming lessons

Learn to Swim Suffolk

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Sunderland

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

adult swimming classes – swimming club – swimming pools

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming techniques – swimming training program – swim lessons for babies

Swimming Lesson Sunderland

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming technique – swimming training program – adult swimming lesson

Learn to Swim Sunderland

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons South-London

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming babies – swim lessons adults – swimming lessons kids

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

indoor swimming lessons – safety swim – swimming instructor courses

Swimming Lesson South-London

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

learn to swim london – swim – asa swimming courses

Learn to Swim South-London

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons South-Yorkshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming for babies – free swimming – swimming lesson for adult

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

free swimming classes – swim classes – swimming lessons for adult

Swimming Lesson South-Yorkshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming class for kids – swim lessons infant – swimming class for babies

Learn to Swim South-Yorkshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Southampton

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming coaching courses – childrens swimming lessons – toddler swimming lessons

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimminglessons – teaching swimming – swimming classes for children

Swimming Lesson Southampton

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

teach my child to swim – private swimming lessons for kids – swimming lessons kids

Learn to Swim Southampton

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Private Swimming Lessons Southern-Ireland

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

baby swimming classes – swim lessons company – swimming instructions

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming lessons children – adult swimming lesson – private swimming classes

Swimming Lesson Southern-Ireland

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming coaching courses – swimming training – ladies swimming lessons

Learn to Swim Southern-Ireland

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons St-Albans

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

private swimming lessons for adults – pool lessons – swimming for kids

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swim lesson plans – swim lesson activities – i want to learn swimming

Swimming Lesson St-Albans

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming sessions – private swim lesson – american red cross swimming

Learn to Swim St-Albans

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Staffordshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

toddler swimming lessons – swimming for toddlers – swim lesson

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

free swimming lessons for children – swimming club – indoor swimming lessons

Swimming Lesson Staffordshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

indoor swimming pool – learn to swim adults – swimming lessons adult

Learn to Swim Staffordshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Shetland-Islands

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming programs – intensive swimming lessons for adults – swimming lessons for teenagers

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

superkids swimming school – swim training – swim lessons company

Swimming Lesson Shetland-Islands

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swim training – swimming cat – baby swim classes

Learn to Swim Shetland-Islands

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Shropshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

adult swimming classes – adultswim.com – swimming training

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

how to teach swimming – adultswim.com – swim instructor jobs

Swimming Lesson Shropshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming workouts – swimming teacher jobs – swimminglessons

Learn to Swim Shropshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Somerset

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

baby swim class – swimming coaching – baby swimming

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming lesson – adult learn to swim – toddlers swimming lessons

Swimming Lesson Somerset

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

learn swimming online – learning to swim for adults – swiming lesson

Learn to Swim Somerset

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons South-Ayrshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

learn to swim programme – lifeguarding lessons – adult swimming

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming teachers association – swimming lessons for babies – pool lessons

Swimming Lesson South-Ayrshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming teacher – toddler swim lessons – swimming pool lessons

Learn to Swim South-Ayrshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons South-Gloucestershire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming lessons for babies – adult swim.com – swimming lessons private

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

learning swimming – swimming lessons for babies – swimming learning

Swimming Lesson South-Gloucestershire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swim classes for infants – online swimming lessons – learn to swim london

Learn to Swim South-Gloucestershire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons South-Lanarkshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

private adult swim lessons – swim lessons company – school swimming lessons

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

baby swim classes – school swimming – swim lessons toddlers

Swimming Lesson South-Lanarkshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

infant swimming lessons – swimming lessons for women only – swimming lesson london

Learn to Swim South-Lanarkshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Rutland

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

online swimming lessons – learn to swim programme – adult swimming classes

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

free swimming classes – private swimming lessons – swimming private lessons

Swimming Lesson Rutland

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming instructors – private swim lessons – swimming lesson for adult

Learn to Swim Rutland

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Scarborough

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming teacher jobs – learn to swim online – child swim lessons

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swim lesson plans – swimming lessons children – swimming training program

Swimming Lesson Scarborough

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

adult swimming class – swimming lessons video – swimming lessons adults

Learn to Swim Scarborough

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Scotland

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

adults learning to swim – swimming class for adults – swimming essay

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

child swim lessons – how to teach swimming lessons – baby swimming lessons

Swimming Lesson Scotland

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

one to one swimming – swimminglessons – water babies swimming lessons

Learn to Swim Scotland

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Scottish-Borders

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

one on one swimming lessons – what is swimming – learn swimming online

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

free swimming – adults learning to swim – adultswim.com

Swimming Lesson Scottish-Borders

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

summer swimming lessons – learning how to swim – swimming instructor courses

Learn to Swim Scottish-Borders

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Scottish-Highlands

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swim schools – swimminglessons – swimming lessons toddlers

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swim lesson – ios swimming courses – learning to swim for adults

Swimming Lesson Scottish-Highlands

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming instructors course – cheap swimming lessons – swimming courses

Learn to Swim Scottish-Highlands

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Sheffield

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

how to swimming – swimming lessons for infants – swimming strokes

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming lessons babies – i want to learn swimming – swimming lesson london

Swimming Lesson Sheffield

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

private swim lesson – swimming lessons video – adult swiming lessons

Learn to Swim Sheffield

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Private Swimming Lessons Powys

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

how to swim – swimming teachers – swim lessons adults

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

cheap swimming lessons – kids swimming classes – swimming lesson plans

Swimming Lesson Powys

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

club swim – swimming lesson for kids – free swimming lessons for children

Learn to Swim Powys

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Preston

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

toddler swimming lessons – baby swim classes – how to learn swimming

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming classes for babies – swimming equipment – swimming instructors course

Swimming Lesson Preston

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swim lessons for babies – breast stroke – free swimming lessons

Learn to Swim Preston

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Reading

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

how to swim lessons – how to swim faster – learn to swim adult

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

safety swim – swimming lessons babies – swimming lessons near me

Swimming Lesson Reading

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

childrens swimming lessons – private swimming lessons for adults – swim class

Learn to Swim Reading

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Redcar-And-Cleveland

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

one on one swimming lessons – swimming pool lessons – swim club

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming workouts – swimming essay – baby swim lessons

Swimming Lesson Redcar-And-Cleveland

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

baby swim classes – private swim lessons – swimming lessons toddlers

Learn to Swim Redcar-And-Cleveland

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Renfrewshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

infant swim lesson – swimming lessons for kids – swimming essay

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming babies – swimming lessons kids – swim coach

Swimming Lesson Renfrewshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming bath – swim lessons for infants – toddler swimming classes

Learn to Swim Renfrewshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Rhondda-Cynon-Taff

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming lessons video – private swim instructor – swimming children

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming lessons baby – swimming lessons in – swimming coaching courses

Swimming Lesson Rhondda-Cynon-Taff

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

kids swim lessons – swim lessons for kids – learn swimming

Learn to Swim Rhondda-Cynon-Taff

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Perth-And-Kinross

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

childrens swimming lessons – infant swim lessons – swimming tips

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

indoor swimming pool – swimming sets – babies swimming lessons

Swimming Lesson Perth-And-Kinross

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swim lessons adults – adultswim – advanced swimming lessons

Learn to Swim Perth-And-Kinross

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Perthshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming teacher – swimming lessons for adults – swim instructors

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming lessons toddlers – lifeguarding lessons – swimming lessons kids

Swimming Lesson Perthshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

free swimming lessons – swimming strokes – swimming for toddlers

Learn to Swim Perthshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Peterborough

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

one on one swimming lessons – swimming lessons for ladies – swimming techniques

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

adult swim classes – swimming lessons babies – swimming classes for toddlers

Swimming Lesson Peterborough

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming lessons – swimming teachers association – toddler swimming lesson

Learn to Swim Peterborough

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Plymouth

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swim class – swimming classes – swimming lesson for adults

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

private swimming lessons for children – swimming lessons for infants – free swimming

Swimming Lesson Plymouth

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

kids swimming classes – swimming teacher – safety swim

Learn to Swim Plymouth

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Poole

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

private swimming lessons for children – learning to swim for adults – swimming instructor courses

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

private swimming instructor – swimmimg lessons – swim lesson

Swimming Lesson Poole

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

learn to swim lessons – learn how to swim – babies swimming

Learn to Swim Poole

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Portsmouth

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

learn to swim program – swim classes for babies – swimming lessons for babies

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming lessons at – kid swimming class – teach swimming lessons

Swimming Lesson Portsmouth

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

private swimming lesson – private swimming instructor – swimming equipment

Learn to Swim Portsmouth

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Nottinghamshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

learn to swim tool – how to teach swimming lessons – swim

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

private swim lessons for adults – ios swimming courses – baby swim lesson

Swimming Lesson Nottinghamshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming lesson london – swimming drills – swimming lesson for babies

Learn to Swim Nottinghamshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Orkney-Islands

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming lesson plan – swimming lesson plan – swimming babies

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming course – how to learn swimming – private swim lessons for adults

Swimming Lesson Orkney-Islands

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swim instructors – residential swimming lessons for adults – swimming lessons in

Learn to Swim Orkney-Islands

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Oxford

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swim lesson games – swimming lesson plans – swimming for toddlers

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

summer swimming camps – adult swimming lessons – baby swimming classes

Swimming Lesson Oxford

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming classes for toddlers – swimming classes for kids – baby swim lessons

Learn to Swim Oxford

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Private Swimming Lessons Oxfordshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

adult swimming class – swimming classes for toddlers – kid swimming class

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

learn how to swim – swim lessons – private swimming lesson

Swimming Lesson Oxfordshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming lessons kids – swimming teachers – lesson swimming

Learn to Swim Oxfordshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Pembrokeshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

residential swimming lessons – swimming lessons toddlers – teaching swimming

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

private swimming instructor – residential swimming lessons – swim lessons for adults

Swimming Lesson Pembrokeshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

private swim lessons for adults – swimming coach – toddler swim lessons

Learn to Swim Pembrokeshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons North-Yorkshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

infant swimming lesson – swimming learning – swimming for kids

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

adult learn to swim – private swimming lessons for children – baby swim lesson

Swimming Lesson North-Yorkshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swim classes for adults – swimming babies – learn to swim adults

Learn to Swim North-Yorkshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Northamptonshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

kids swimming – children swimming lessons – teaching swimming

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

adults learning to swim – adult swiming lessons – red cross swimming

Swimming Lesson Northamptonshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swim lessons for toddlers – swim lessons for infants – swimming sets

Learn to Swim Northamptonshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Northern-Ireland

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming lesson for toddlers – swimming lessons toddlers – indoor swimming pool

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swim – teach swimming lessons – swimming lesson plan

Swimming Lesson Northern-Ireland

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

children swimming lessons – swimming lessons online – babies swimming classes

Learn to Swim Northern-Ireland

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Northumberland

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming club – swimming classes for kids – swimming techniques

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming coaching courses – toddlers swimming lessons – residential swimming lessons for adults

Swimming Lesson Northumberland

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

learn to swim program – teach my child to swim – red cross swimming

Learn to Swim Northumberland

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Norwich

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

adult swim lessons – swimming lesson for adult – american red cross swimming

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

private swimming lessons for kids – swimming lesson plans – swimmimg lessons

Swimming Lesson Norwich

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

private swim lesson – infant swimming resource – swimming lessons video

Learn to Swim Norwich

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Private Swimming Lessons Nottingham

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming lesson for toddlers – babies swimming lessons – infant swimming lesson

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming workouts – swimming lessons for adults – female swimming instructor

Swimming Lesson Nottingham

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

learn to swim adults – infant swimming classes – swimming instructor jobs

Learn to Swim Nottingham

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Private Swimming Lessons North-Ayrshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

red cross swimming – learn to swim programme – swim lesson activities

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming strokes – learn to swim program – swim schools

Swimming Lesson North-Ayrshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

private swim instructor – swimming essay – how to teach swimming

Learn to Swim North-Ayrshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons North-East-Lincolnshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

teach my child to swim – swimming lesson london – swimming training program

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming coaching – learn how to swim – adult swim classes

Swimming Lesson North-East-Lincolnshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

how to swim – adult swim games – adult swimming lesson

Learn to Swim North-East-Lincolnshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons North-Lanarkshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

how to learn swimming – kids swim lessons – 1 to 1 swimming lessons

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

how to learn swimming – free swimming – private swimming instructors

Swimming Lesson North-Lanarkshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

kids swimming classes – swimming classes for adults – swimming lessons private

Learn to Swim North-Lanarkshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons North-Lincolnshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

free swimming – learning how to swim – swim lessons toddlers

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming bath – how to swim lessons – swimming lessons kids

Swimming Lesson North-Lincolnshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

private swimming lessons for kids – swimming lessons for babies – swimming lessons near me

Learn to Swim North-Lincolnshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons North-London

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimming basics – safety swim – dolphin swimming school

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swim lessons – swimming lesson for kids – swim lesson plans

Swimming Lesson North-London

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming sets – advanced swimming lessons – child swim lessons

Learn to Swim North-London

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Private Swimming Lessons North-Somerset

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

lesson swimming – swimming classes for babies – swim beginner

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming teacher jobs – water babies swim lessons – teaching swimming lessons

Swimming Lesson North-Somerset

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

i want to learn swimming – swimming courses – how to swim faster

Learn to Swim North-Somerset

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Milton-Keynes

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

mother and baby swimming classes – adult swimming lesson – swim lessons for infants

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming strokes – swimming lessons for babies – swimming tips

Swimming Lesson Milton-Keynes

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swim coach – swimming for kids – infant swimming resource

Learn to Swim Milton-Keynes

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Monmouthshire

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

i want to learn swimming – swimming essay – teach swim lessons

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming lessons in – swimming lessons in – kids swimming classes

Swimming Lesson Monmouthshire

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swim teacher jobs – swimming classes – i want to learn swimming

Learn to Swim Monmouthshire

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Neath-Port-Talbot

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swimmimg lessons – swimming lessons for babies – swimming lesson london

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swimming class for kids – private swim lessons for adults – learn to swim

Swimming Lesson Neath-Port-Talbot

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

learning to swim – swiming lesson – learn to swim classes

Learn to Swim Neath-Port-Talbot

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Newport

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

what is swimming – swimming lesson for babies – learn to swim

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

adult swim lesson – adult swim lesson – swim instructor jobs

Swimming Lesson Newport

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swim lesson games – swimming pool – private swim lessons

Learn to Swim Newport

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Norfolk

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

toddler swimming lessons – swim beginner – asa swimming courses

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swim lesson instructor – kid swimming class – superkids swimming school

Swimming Lesson Norfolk

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

private swimming lessons for children – water babies swim lessons – female swimming instructor

Learn to Swim Norfolk

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Medway

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

learning how to swim – private swimming – swimming coaching

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps to maintain the horizontal body position and balances the arm action. This minimises the tendency for the legs to sway from side to side. It may contribute some propulsion,

Key Points

• the continuous up and down alternating action is initiated at the hips

• the legs work close together, big toes nearly brushing past each other

• the legs are almost straight with the knees staying below the surface

• the ankles are relaxed to allow the toes to point – (plantar flexed) and to in-toe naturally

• the feet kick to the surface at the end of the upbeat without splashing

swim lesson instructor – swim instructor jobs – private swim instructor

Swimming Lesson Medway

Floating

Mushroom (Jelly Fish) Float

swimming lessons - floating

“What goes up must come down”, is true and applicable to learners who jump up to try and float. If the skill starts from a standing position, the shoulders should be lowered and the feet gently lifted from the pool floor.

There are a few who, because of their physical make up, are unable to remain afloat even with their lungs full of air. Such non-floaters may need to move their arms and legs a little to achieve flotation.

The mushroom float is easy because balance is achieved automatically. Some of the upper back should be above the surface, hence the name of the skill. It is a useful test for flotation.

• shoulders down

• take a breath

• lift the feet

• knees tucked

• head down towards the knees

• arms wrapped around the knees or shins

Pupils can count to time themselves. Ten seconds is adequate. Pupils should be discouraged from holding their breath for longer periods.

swimming technique – swimming training – learn swim

Learn to Swim Medway

Acaster Malbis,Acomb,Askham Bryan,Askham Richard,Bishopthorpe,Copmanthorpe,Crockey Hill,Deighton,Dunnington,Earswick,Elvington,Fulford,Haxby,Heslington,Hessay,Holtby,Huntington,Kexby,Knapton,Murton,Naburn,Nether Poppleton,New Earswick,Osbaldwick,Rawcliffe,Rufforth,Skelton,Stockton on the Forest,Strensall,Towthorpe,Upper Poppleton,Wheldrake,Wiggington,York,,

 

 

Posted in UK

Private Swimming Lessons Merseyside

Swimming Lessons 4 All

Learn to Swim at Swimming Lessons 4All

 

Why not consider a residential swimming course with us.

Private Swimming Lessons

 Learn to Swim – Residential Workshops

Intensive Swimming Courses

Learn to Swim in a Weekend

Irene at Swim-Easy

Gay at SwimWithUs

Baby Swim Lessons

Steve at ErgoSwim

 

We know that making the decision to book swimming lessons is very difficult for some.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

We are so confident that even the most fearful will enjoy Learning to Swim With Us with us that we promise that if you find you don’t want to continue after your first private swimming lesson, then all it will cost you is your time and travelling. 

We know that first step towards booking swimming lessons is all important.  For that reason we always make sure you have ample opportunity to talk with us first.

Please note that this website is Gay’s at Swim With Us.  Irene and Steve each have their own websites and we work as individuals.  I will be quite happy to help you find the right place for your lessons.  Irene has a lovely private pool for your individual use.  Steve teaches in public pools and can also offer private swimming lessons.  He was also trained as a Total Immersion Coach.  Whoever you choose for your residential swimming lessons, you can be assured of a first class service for your one-to-one lessons, with your instructor in the water with you.

 

 

Jumping Entries

Prior to teaching a jumping entry it is important to give consideration to the depth of water in relation to size of the pupil (hard impact with the pool floor can result in injury). It is important to teach the pupil how to land safely, i.e., bending the knees to absorb the force.

WITH HELPER ON THE SIDE

• helper secured and holding pupil’s hand

Teaching Points

• toes over the edge

• bend knees on landing

Considerations

• suitable for those with confidence

• pupils must normally be able to stand in the water

• not suitable in very shallow water

WITH HELPER IN THE WATER

• helper reaches towards the child

Considerations

• helper must be confident in the water

• helper should be an adult

UNAIDED

Once the pupil can jump confidently to a helper in the water the next step is to jump unaided. At this point it is vital to stress:

Teaching Points

• look forwards

• stress feet first entry

Benefits of an unaided jumping entry

• al lows the whole group to enter at the same time

• saves time

• is good fun

swim coach – swimming teachers – mother and baby swimming classes

Back Crawl

Some learners prefer Back Crawl because the face is clear of the water and breathing is easy.

Back Crawl, with its continuous, alternating actions, is the most efficient backstroke and invariably used in backstroke competition.

There are obvious similarities between Front Crawl and Back Crawl. These associations are useful when pupils are reminded of a skill or a part of a skill which is familiar to them.

Body Position

Key Points

• supine, horizontal and streamlined

• the head is pillowed in the water, ears just submerged

• the head is kept still, eyes look upwards or slightly towards the feet

• the chin may be tucked down slightly to help to keep the legs in the water

• the hips must be close to the surface

• the shoulders lean or roll into the stroke

• there is a slight slope down from head to hips to keep the legs in the water

• the legs tend to sway towards the pulling arm. This is kept to a minimum by an efficient leg action

Leg Action

The leg action helps